1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11 // builds ASTs. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 32 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50 #include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 51 #include <deque> 52 #include <string> 53 #include <vector> 54 55 namespace llvm { 56 class APSInt; 57 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 58 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 59 class SmallBitVector; 60 } 61 62 namespace clang { 63 class ADLResult; 64 class ASTConsumer; 65 class ASTContext; 66 class ASTMutationListener; 67 class ASTReader; 68 class ASTWriter; 69 class ArrayType; 70 class AttributeList; 71 class BlockDecl; 72 class CapturedDecl; 73 class CXXBasePath; 74 class CXXBasePaths; 75 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 76 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 77 class CXXConstructorDecl; 78 class CXXConversionDecl; 79 class CXXDestructorDecl; 80 class CXXFieldCollector; 81 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 82 class CXXMethodDecl; 83 class CXXScopeSpec; 84 class CXXTemporary; 85 class CXXTryStmt; 86 class CallExpr; 87 class ClassTemplateDecl; 88 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 89 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 90 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OMPClause; 143 class OverloadCandidateSet; 144 class OverloadExpr; 145 class ParenListExpr; 146 class ParmVarDecl; 147 class Preprocessor; 148 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 149 class PseudoObjectExpr; 150 class QualType; 151 class StandardConversionSequence; 152 class Stmt; 153 class StringLiteral; 154 class SwitchStmt; 155 class TargetAttributesSema; 156 class TemplateArgument; 157 class TemplateArgumentList; 158 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 159 class TemplateDecl; 160 class TemplateParameterList; 161 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 162 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 163 class Token; 164 class TypeAliasDecl; 165 class TypedefDecl; 166 class TypedefNameDecl; 167 class TypeLoc; 168 class UnqualifiedId; 169 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 170 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 171 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 172 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 173 class UsingDecl; 174 class UsingShadowDecl; 175 class ValueDecl; 176 class VarDecl; 177 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 178 class VisibilityAttr; 179 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 180 class IndirectFieldDecl; 181 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 182 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 183 184 namespace sema { 185 class AccessedEntity; 186 class BlockScopeInfo; 187 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 188 class CapturingScopeInfo; 189 class CompoundScopeInfo; 190 class DelayedDiagnostic; 191 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 192 class FunctionScopeInfo; 193 class LambdaScopeInfo; 194 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 195 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 196 } 197 198 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 199 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 200 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 201 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 202 203 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 204 class Sema { 205 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 206 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 207 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 208 209 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 210 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 211 212 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 213 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 214 215 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 216 217 static bool 218 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 219 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 220 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 221 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 222 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 223 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 224 // with internal linkage. 225 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 226 } 227 228 public: 229 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 230 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 231 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 232 233 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 234 FPOptions FPFeatures; 235 236 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 237 Preprocessor &PP; 238 ASTContext &Context; 239 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 240 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 241 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 242 243 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 244 bool CollectStats; 245 246 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 247 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 248 249 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 250 DeclContext *CurContext; 251 252 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 253 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 254 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 255 256 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 257 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 258 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 259 260 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 261 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 262 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 263 264 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 265 266 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 267 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 268 269 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 270 /// 271 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 272 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 273 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 274 275 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 276 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 277 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 278 279 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 280 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 281 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 282 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 283 284 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 285 286 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 287 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 288 /// 289 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 290 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 291 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 292 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 293 294 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 295 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 296 ExtVectorDeclsType; 297 298 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 299 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 300 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 301 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 302 303 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 304 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 305 306 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 307 308 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 309 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 310 311 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 312 313 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 314 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 315 /// same list more than once. 316 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 317 318 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 319 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 320 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 321 322 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 323 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 324 /// 325 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 326 /// scopes, e.g., 327 /// 328 /// \code 329 /// extern "C" void f() { 330 /// void foo(int, int); 331 /// } 332 /// \endcode 333 /// 334 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 335 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 336 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 337 /// 338 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 339 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 340 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 341 /// for compatibility. 342 /// 343 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 344 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 345 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 346 /// not visible. 347 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 348 349 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 350 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 351 352 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 354 TentativeDefinitionsType; 355 356 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 357 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 358 359 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 360 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 361 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 362 363 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 364 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 365 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 366 367 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 368 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 369 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 370 371 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 372 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 373 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 374 375 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 376 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 377 /// exception spec. 378 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 379 380 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 381 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 382 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 383 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 384 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 385 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 386 387 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 388 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 389 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 390 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 391 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 392 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 393 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 394 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 395 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 396 397 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 398 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 399 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 400 void *OpaqueParser; 401 402 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 403 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 404 OpaqueParser = P; 405 } 406 407 class DelayedDiagnostics; 408 409 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 410 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 411 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 412 }; 413 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 414 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 415 416 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 417 /// during parsing and other processing. 418 class DelayedDiagnostics { 419 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 420 /// diagnostics should go. 421 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 422 423 public: 424 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 425 426 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 427 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 428 429 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 430 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 431 432 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 433 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 434 return CurPool; 435 } 436 437 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 438 /// collected in this pool. 439 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 440 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 441 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 442 CurPool = &pool; 443 return state; 444 } 445 446 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 447 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 448 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 449 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 450 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 451 } 452 453 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 454 /// not delayed. 455 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 456 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 457 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 458 CurPool = 0; 459 return state; 460 } 461 462 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 463 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 464 assert(CurPool == NULL); 465 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 466 } 467 } DelayedDiagnostics; 468 469 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 470 class ContextRAII { 471 private: 472 Sema &S; 473 DeclContext *SavedContext; 474 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 475 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 476 477 public: 478 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 479 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 480 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 481 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 482 { 483 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 484 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 485 } 486 487 void pop() { 488 if (!SavedContext) return; 489 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 490 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 491 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 492 SavedContext = 0; 493 } 494 495 ~ContextRAII() { 496 pop(); 497 } 498 }; 499 500 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 501 /// a function body. 502 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 503 Sema &S; 504 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 505 506 public: 507 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 508 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 509 { 510 S.PushFunctionScope(); 511 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 512 } 513 514 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 515 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 516 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 517 } 518 }; 519 520 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 521 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 522 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 523 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 524 525 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 526 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 527 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 528 /// in the currently selected standard. 529 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 530 531 532 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 533 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 534 535 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 536 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 537 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 538 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 539 /// It would be best to refactor this. 540 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 541 542 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 543 544 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 545 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 546 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 547 Scope *TUScope; 548 549 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 550 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 551 552 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 553 /// standard library. 554 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 555 556 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 557 /// \<initializer_list>. 558 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 559 560 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 561 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 562 563 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 564 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 565 566 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 567 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 571 572 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 573 QualType NSNumberPointer; 574 575 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 576 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 577 578 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 579 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 580 581 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 582 QualType NSStringPointer; 583 584 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 585 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 586 587 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 588 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 589 590 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 591 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 592 593 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 594 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 595 596 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 597 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 598 599 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 600 QualType QIDNSCopying; 601 602 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 603 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 604 605 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 606 /// have been declared. 607 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 608 609 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 610 /// references to fields. This is really a 611 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 612 613 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 614 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 615 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 616 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 617 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 618 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 619 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 620 /// run time. 621 Unevaluated, 622 623 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 624 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 625 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 626 UnevaluatedAbstract, 627 628 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 629 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 630 /// cases in a switch statment). 631 ConstantEvaluated, 632 633 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 634 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 635 /// expression at run time. 636 PotentiallyEvaluated, 637 638 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 639 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 640 /// in fact the current expression is used. 641 /// 642 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 643 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 644 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 645 /// until the default argument is used. 646 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 647 }; 648 649 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 650 /// expression evaluation contexts. 651 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 652 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 653 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 654 655 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 656 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 657 658 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 659 bool IsDecltype; 660 661 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 662 /// this expression evaluation context. 663 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 664 665 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 666 667 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 668 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 669 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 670 671 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 672 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 673 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 674 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 675 676 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 677 /// and block literals within this context. 678 /// 679 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 680 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 681 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 682 683 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 684 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 685 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 686 687 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 688 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 689 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 690 691 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 692 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 693 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 694 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 695 bool IsDecltype) 696 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 697 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 698 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 699 700 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 701 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 702 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() { 703 assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration"); 704 if (!MangleNumbering) 705 MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext; 706 return *MangleNumbering; 707 } 708 709 bool isUnevaluated() const { 710 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 711 } 712 }; 713 714 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 715 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 716 717 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 718 /// block literal. 719 /// 720 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 721 /// block literal. 722 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 723 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 724 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 725 const DeclContext *DC, 726 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 727 728 729 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 730 /// function. 731 /// 732 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 733 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 734 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 735 public: 736 enum Kind { 737 NoMemberOrDeleted, 738 Ambiguous, 739 Success 740 }; 741 742 private: 743 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 744 745 public: 746 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 747 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 748 {} 749 750 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 751 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 752 753 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 754 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 755 }; 756 757 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 758 /// for C++ records. 759 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 760 761 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 762 /// 763 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 764 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 765 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 766 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 767 /// checks. 768 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 769 770 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 771 772 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 773 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 774 775 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 776 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 777 778 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 779 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 780 /// 781 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 782 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 783 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 784 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 785 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 786 787 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 788 // argument locations. 789 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 790 791 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 792 /// definition in this translation unit. 793 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 794 795 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 796 void getUndefinedButUsed( 797 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 798 799 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 800 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 801 802 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 803 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 804 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 805 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 806 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 807 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 808 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 809 810 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 811 /// of -Wselector. 812 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 813 814 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 815 enum CXXSpecialMember { 816 CXXDefaultConstructor, 817 CXXCopyConstructor, 818 CXXMoveConstructor, 819 CXXCopyAssignment, 820 CXXMoveAssignment, 821 CXXDestructor, 822 CXXInvalid 823 }; 824 825 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 826 827 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 828 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 829 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 830 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 831 832 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 833 834 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 835 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 836 837 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 838 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 839 /// should not be used elsewhere. 840 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 841 842 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 843 /// statements. 844 class FPContractStateRAII { 845 public: 846 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 847 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 848 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 849 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 850 } 851 private: 852 Sema& S; 853 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 854 }; 855 856 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 857 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 858 859 public: 860 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 861 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 862 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 863 ~Sema(); 864 865 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 866 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 867 void Initialize(); 868 869 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 870 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 871 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 872 873 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 874 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 875 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 876 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 877 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 878 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 879 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 880 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 881 882 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 883 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 884 /// 885 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 886 /// 887 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 888 889 void PrintStats() const; 890 891 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 892 /// template instantiation stacks. 893 /// 894 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 895 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 896 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 897 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 898 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 899 /// well. 900 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 901 Sema &SemaRef; 902 unsigned DiagID; 903 904 public: 905 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 906 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 907 908 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 909 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 910 if (!isActive()) return; 911 912 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 913 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 914 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 915 // 916 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 917 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 918 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 919 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 920 // eliminate that code. 921 FlushCounts(); 922 Clear(); 923 924 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 925 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 926 } 927 928 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 929 template<typename T> 930 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 931 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 932 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 933 BaseDiag << Value; 934 return Diag; 935 } 936 }; 937 938 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 939 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 940 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 941 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 942 } 943 944 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 945 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 946 947 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 948 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 949 950 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 951 952 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 953 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 954 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 955 956 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 957 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 958 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 959 960 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 961 962 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 963 964 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 965 966 void PushFunctionScope(); 967 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 968 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 969 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 970 RecordDecl *RD, 971 CapturedRegionKind K); 972 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 973 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 974 975 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 976 return FunctionScopes.back(); 977 } 978 979 template <typename ExprT> 980 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 981 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 982 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 983 } 984 985 void PushCompoundScope(); 986 void PopCompoundScope(); 987 988 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 989 990 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 991 992 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 993 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 994 995 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 996 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 997 998 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 999 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 1000 1001 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1002 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1003 1004 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1005 1006 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1007 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1008 // 1009 1010 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1011 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1012 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1013 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1014 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1015 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1016 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1017 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1018 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1019 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1020 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1021 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1022 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1023 1024 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1025 1026 /// \brief Build a function type. 1027 /// 1028 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1029 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1030 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1031 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1032 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1033 /// 1034 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1035 /// 1036 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1037 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1038 /// function parameters. 1039 /// 1040 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1041 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1042 /// type that will have function type. 1043 /// 1044 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1045 /// type, if known. 1046 /// 1047 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1048 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1049 /// 1050 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1051 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1052 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1053 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1054 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1055 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1056 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1057 1058 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1059 SourceLocation Loc, 1060 DeclarationName Entity); 1061 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1062 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1063 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1064 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1065 1066 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1067 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1068 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1069 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1070 1071 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1072 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1073 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1074 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1075 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1076 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1077 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1078 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1079 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1080 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1081 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1082 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1083 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1084 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1085 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1086 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1087 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1088 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1089 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1090 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1091 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1092 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1093 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1094 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1095 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1096 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1097 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1098 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1099 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1100 1101 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1102 1103 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1104 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1105 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1106 1107 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1108 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1109 bool Suppressed; 1110 1111 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1112 1113 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1114 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1115 }; 1116 1117 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1118 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1119 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1120 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1121 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1122 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1123 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1124 return II; 1125 } 1126 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1127 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1128 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1129 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1130 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1131 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1132 1133 template<typename T1> 1134 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1135 unsigned DiagID; 1136 const T1 &Arg1; 1137 1138 public: 1139 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1140 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1141 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1142 if (Suppressed) return; 1143 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1144 } 1145 1146 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1147 }; 1148 1149 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1150 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1151 unsigned DiagID; 1152 const T1 &Arg1; 1153 const T2 &Arg2; 1154 1155 public: 1156 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1157 const T2 &Arg2) 1158 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1159 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1160 1161 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1162 if (Suppressed) return; 1163 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1164 } 1165 1166 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1167 }; 1168 1169 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1170 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1171 unsigned DiagID; 1172 const T1 &Arg1; 1173 const T2 &Arg2; 1174 const T3 &Arg3; 1175 1176 public: 1177 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1178 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1179 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1180 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1181 1182 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1183 if (Suppressed) return; 1184 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1185 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1186 } 1187 1188 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1189 }; 1190 1191 private: 1192 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1193 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1194 public: 1195 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1196 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1197 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1198 unsigned DiagID); 1199 1200 template<typename T1> 1201 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1202 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1203 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1204 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1205 } 1206 1207 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1208 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1209 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1210 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1211 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1212 } 1213 1214 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1215 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1216 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1217 const T3 &Arg3) { 1218 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1219 Arg3); 1220 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1221 } 1222 1223 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1224 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1225 1226 template<typename T1> 1227 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1228 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1229 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1230 } 1231 1232 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1233 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1234 const T2 &Arg2) { 1235 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1236 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1237 } 1238 1239 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1240 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1241 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1242 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1243 Arg3); 1244 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1245 } 1246 1247 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1248 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1249 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1250 1251 template<typename T1> 1252 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1253 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1254 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1255 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1256 } 1257 1258 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1259 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1260 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1261 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1262 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1263 } 1264 1265 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1266 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1267 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1268 const T3 &Arg3) { 1269 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1270 Arg3); 1271 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1272 } 1273 1274 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1275 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1276 1277 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1278 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1279 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1280 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1281 SourceLocation Loc); 1282 1283 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1284 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1285 // 1286 1287 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1288 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1289 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1290 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1291 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1292 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1293 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1294 /// such as: 1295 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1296 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1297 1298 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1299 1300 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1301 1302 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1303 1304 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1305 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1306 bool isClassName = false, 1307 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1308 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1309 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1310 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1311 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1312 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1313 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1314 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1315 SourceLocation IILoc, 1316 Scope *S, 1317 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1318 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1319 1320 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1321 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1322 enum NameClassificationKind { 1323 NC_Unknown, 1324 NC_Error, 1325 NC_Keyword, 1326 NC_Type, 1327 NC_Expression, 1328 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1329 NC_TypeTemplate, 1330 NC_VarTemplate, 1331 NC_FunctionTemplate 1332 }; 1333 1334 class NameClassification { 1335 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1336 ExprResult Expr; 1337 TemplateName Template; 1338 ParsedType Type; 1339 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1340 1341 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1342 1343 public: 1344 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1345 1346 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1347 1348 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1349 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1350 1351 static NameClassification Error() { 1352 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1353 } 1354 1355 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1356 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1357 } 1358 1359 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1360 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1361 } 1362 1363 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1364 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1365 Result.Template = Name; 1366 return Result; 1367 } 1368 1369 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1370 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1371 Result.Template = Name; 1372 return Result; 1373 } 1374 1375 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1376 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1377 Result.Template = Name; 1378 return Result; 1379 } 1380 1381 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1382 1383 ParsedType getType() const { 1384 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1385 return Type; 1386 } 1387 1388 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1389 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1390 return Expr; 1391 } 1392 1393 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1394 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1395 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1396 return Template; 1397 } 1398 1399 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1400 switch (Kind) { 1401 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1402 return TNK_Type_template; 1403 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1404 return TNK_Function_template; 1405 case NC_VarTemplate: 1406 return TNK_Var_template; 1407 default: 1408 llvm_unreachable("unsuported name classification."); 1409 } 1410 } 1411 }; 1412 1413 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1414 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1415 /// 1416 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1417 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1418 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1419 /// 1420 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1421 /// 1422 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1423 /// 1424 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1425 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1426 /// 1427 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1428 /// 1429 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1430 /// disambiguate the name. 1431 /// 1432 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1433 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1434 /// expression. 1435 /// 1436 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1437 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1438 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1439 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1440 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1441 const Token &NextToken, 1442 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1443 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1444 1445 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1446 1447 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1448 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1449 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1450 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1451 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1452 DeclarationName Name, 1453 SourceLocation Loc); 1454 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1455 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1456 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1457 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1458 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1459 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1460 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1461 LookupResult &Previous); 1462 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1463 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1464 bool HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 1465 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1466 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1467 LookupResult &Previous, 1468 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1469 bool &AddToScope); 1470 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1471 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1472 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1473 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1474 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1475 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1476 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1477 1478 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1479 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1480 LookupResult &Previous, 1481 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1482 bool &AddToScope); 1483 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1484 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1485 1486 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1487 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1488 1489 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1490 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1491 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1492 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1493 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1494 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1495 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1496 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1497 SourceLocation Loc, 1498 QualType T); 1499 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1500 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1501 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1502 StorageClass SC); 1503 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1504 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1505 Expr *defarg); 1506 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1507 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1508 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1509 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1510 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1511 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1512 1513 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1514 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1515 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1516 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1517 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1518 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1519 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1520 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1521 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1522 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1523 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1524 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1525 1526 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1527 /// documentation comments. 1528 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1529 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1530 1531 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1532 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1533 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1534 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1535 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1536 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1537 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1538 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1539 } 1540 1541 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1542 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1543 /// code for that function. 1544 /// 1545 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1546 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1547 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1548 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1549 1550 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1551 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1552 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1553 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1554 1555 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1556 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1557 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1558 1559 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1560 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1561 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1562 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1563 1564 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1565 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1566 /// specified threshold. 1567 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1568 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1569 QualType ReturnTy, 1570 NamedDecl *D); 1571 1572 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1573 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1574 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1575 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1576 1577 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1578 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1579 AttributeList *AttrList, 1580 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1581 1582 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1583 /// 1584 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1585 /// 1586 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1587 /// 1588 /// \param Path The module access path. 1589 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1590 ModuleIdPath Path); 1591 1592 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1593 /// source location. 1594 /// 1595 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1596 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1597 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1598 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1599 1600 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1601 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1602 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1603 } 1604 1605 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1606 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1607 const Preprocessor &PP); 1608 1609 /// Scope actions. 1610 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1611 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1612 1613 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1614 DeclSpec &DS); 1615 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1616 DeclSpec &DS, 1617 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1618 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1619 1620 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1621 AccessSpecifier AS, 1622 RecordDecl *Record); 1623 1624 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1625 RecordDecl *Record); 1626 1627 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1628 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1629 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1630 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1631 1632 enum TagUseKind { 1633 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1634 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1635 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1636 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1637 }; 1638 1639 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1640 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1641 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1642 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1643 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1644 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1645 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1646 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1647 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1648 1649 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1650 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1651 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1652 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1653 AttributeList *Attr, 1654 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1655 1656 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1657 unsigned TagSpec, 1658 TagUseKind TUK, 1659 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1660 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1661 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1662 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1663 1664 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1665 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1666 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1667 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1668 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1669 1670 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1671 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1672 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1673 AccessSpecifier AS); 1674 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1675 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1676 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1677 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1678 AccessSpecifier AS, 1679 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1680 1681 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1682 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1683 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1684 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1685 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1686 SourceLocation TSSL, 1687 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1688 Declarator *D = 0); 1689 1690 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1691 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1692 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1693 bool Diagnose = false); 1694 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1695 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1696 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1697 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1698 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1699 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1700 1701 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1702 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1703 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1704 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1705 AttributeList *AttrList); 1706 1707 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1708 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1709 /// struct, or union). 1710 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1711 1712 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1713 1714 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1715 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1716 /// member declarations. 1717 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1718 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1719 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1720 1721 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1722 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1723 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1724 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1725 1726 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1727 1728 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1729 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1730 /// 1731 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1732 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1733 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1734 1735 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1736 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1737 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1738 1739 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1740 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1741 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1742 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1743 Expr *val); 1744 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1745 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1746 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1747 1748 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1749 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1750 AttributeList *Attrs, 1751 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1752 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1753 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1754 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1755 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1756 1757 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1758 1759 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1760 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1761 void PopDeclContext(); 1762 1763 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1764 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1765 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1766 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1767 1768 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1769 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1770 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1771 1772 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1773 1774 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1775 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1776 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1777 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1778 1779 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1780 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1781 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1782 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1783 1784 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1785 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1786 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1787 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1788 1789 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1790 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1791 1792 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1793 /// top level scope. 1794 /// 1795 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1796 /// 1797 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1798 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1799 1800 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1801 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1802 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1803 /// 1804 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1805 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1806 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1807 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1808 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1809 1810 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1811 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1812 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1813 1814 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1815 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1816 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1817 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1818 1819 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1820 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1821 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1822 VersionTuple Introduced, 1823 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1824 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1825 bool IsUnavailable, 1826 StringRef Message, 1827 bool Override, 1828 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1829 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1830 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1831 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1832 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1833 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1834 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1835 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1836 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1837 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1838 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1839 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1840 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1841 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1842 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1843 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1844 1845 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1846 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1847 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1848 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1849 AMK_None, 1850 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1851 /// an exact match. 1852 AMK_Redeclaration, 1853 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1854 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1855 AMK_Override 1856 }; 1857 1858 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1859 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1860 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1861 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1862 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1863 Scope *S); 1864 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1865 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1866 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1867 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1868 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1869 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1870 1871 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1872 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1873 enum AssignmentAction { 1874 AA_Assigning, 1875 AA_Passing, 1876 AA_Returning, 1877 AA_Converting, 1878 AA_Initializing, 1879 AA_Sending, 1880 AA_Casting, 1881 AA_Passing_CFAudited 1882 }; 1883 1884 /// C++ Overloading. 1885 enum OverloadKind { 1886 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1887 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1888 Ovl_Overload, 1889 1890 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1891 /// an existing declaration. 1892 Ovl_Match, 1893 1894 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1895 /// non-function. 1896 Ovl_NonFunction 1897 }; 1898 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1899 FunctionDecl *New, 1900 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1901 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1902 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1903 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1904 1905 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1906 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1907 /// 1908 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1909 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1910 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1911 1912 ImplicitConversionSequence 1913 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1914 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1915 bool AllowExplicit, 1916 bool InOverloadResolution, 1917 bool CStyle, 1918 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1919 1920 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1921 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1922 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1923 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1924 bool InOverloadResolution, 1925 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1926 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1927 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1928 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1929 QualType &ConvertedType); 1930 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1931 QualType& ConvertedType); 1932 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1933 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1934 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1935 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1936 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1937 1938 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1939 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1940 CastKind &Kind, 1941 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1942 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1943 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1944 bool InOverloadResolution, 1945 QualType &ConvertedType); 1946 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1947 CastKind &Kind, 1948 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1949 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1950 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1951 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1952 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1953 QualType &ResultTy); 1954 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1955 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1956 1957 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1958 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1959 QualType ResultType, 1960 Expr *Value, 1961 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1962 1963 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1964 ExprResult Init); 1965 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1966 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1967 ExprResult Init, 1968 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1969 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1970 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1971 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1972 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1973 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1974 1975 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1976 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1977 1978 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1979 enum CCEKind { 1980 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1981 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1982 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1983 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1984 }; 1985 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1986 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1987 1988 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1989 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1990 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1991 public: 1992 bool Suppress; 1993 bool SuppressConversion; 1994 1995 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 1996 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1997 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 1998 1999 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 2000 /// for this conversion. 2001 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2002 2003 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2004 /// integral or enumeration type. 2005 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2006 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2007 2008 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2009 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2010 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2011 2012 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2013 /// is explicit. 2014 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2015 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2016 2017 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2018 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2019 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2020 2021 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2022 /// functions. 2023 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2024 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2025 2026 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2027 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2028 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2029 2030 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2031 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2032 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2033 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2034 2035 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2036 }; 2037 2038 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2039 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2040 2041 public: 2042 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2043 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2044 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2045 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2046 2047 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2048 bool match(QualType T); 2049 2050 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2051 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2052 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2053 } 2054 2055 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2056 /// integral or enumeration type. 2057 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2058 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2059 }; 2060 2061 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2062 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2063 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2064 2065 2066 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2067 OS_Array, 2068 OS_Dictionary, 2069 OS_Error 2070 }; 2071 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2072 2073 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2074 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2075 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2076 LK_Array, 2077 LK_Dictionary, 2078 LK_Numeric, 2079 LK_Boxed, 2080 LK_String, 2081 LK_Block, 2082 LK_None 2083 }; 2084 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2085 2086 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2087 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2088 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2089 NamedDecl *Member); 2090 2091 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2092 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2093 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2094 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2095 2096 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2097 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2098 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2099 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2100 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2101 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2102 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2103 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2104 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2105 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2106 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2107 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2108 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2109 QualType ObjectType, 2110 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2111 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2112 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2113 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2114 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2115 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2116 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2117 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2118 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2119 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2120 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2121 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2122 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2123 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2124 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2125 QualType ObjectType, 2126 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2127 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2128 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2129 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2130 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2131 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2132 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2133 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2134 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2135 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2136 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2137 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2138 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2139 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2140 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2141 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2142 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2143 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2144 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2145 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2146 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2147 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2148 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2149 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2150 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2151 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2152 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2153 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2154 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2155 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2156 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2157 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2158 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2159 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2160 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2161 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2162 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2163 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2164 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2165 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2166 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2167 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2168 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2169 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2170 2171 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2172 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2173 2174 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2175 // identified by the expression Expr 2176 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2177 2178 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2179 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2180 // R (A) --> R(A) 2181 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2182 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2183 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2184 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2185 2186 FunctionDecl * 2187 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2188 QualType TargetType, 2189 bool Complain, 2190 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2191 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2192 2193 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2194 bool Complain = false, 2195 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2196 2197 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2198 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2199 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2200 bool Complain = false, 2201 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2202 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2203 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2204 2205 2206 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2207 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2208 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2209 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2210 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2211 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2212 2213 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2214 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2215 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2216 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2217 2218 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2219 // range-based for loop. 2220 enum ForRangeStatus { 2221 FRS_Success, 2222 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2223 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2224 }; 2225 2226 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2227 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2228 enum BeginEndFunction { 2229 BEF_begin, 2230 BEF_end 2231 }; 2232 2233 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2234 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2235 VarDecl *Decl, 2236 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2237 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2238 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2239 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2240 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2241 2242 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2243 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2244 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2245 MultiExprArg Args, 2246 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2247 Expr *ExecConfig, 2248 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2249 2250 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2251 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2252 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2253 ExprResult *Result); 2254 2255 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2256 unsigned Opc, 2257 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2258 Expr *input); 2259 2260 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2261 unsigned Opc, 2262 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2263 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2264 2265 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2266 SourceLocation RLoc, 2267 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2268 2269 ExprResult 2270 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2271 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2272 MultiExprArg Args, 2273 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2274 ExprResult 2275 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2276 MultiExprArg Args, 2277 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2278 2279 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2280 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2281 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0); 2282 2283 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2284 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2285 /// that best represents the call. 2286 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2287 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2288 2289 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2290 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2291 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2292 bool CheckParameterNames); 2293 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2294 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2295 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2296 2297 /// \name Name lookup 2298 /// 2299 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2300 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2301 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2302 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2303 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2304 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2305 /// 2306 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2307 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2308 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2309 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2310 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2311 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2312 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2313 /// 2314 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2315 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2316 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2317 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2318 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2319 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2320 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2321 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2322 //@{ 2323 2324 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2325 enum LookupNameKind { 2326 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2327 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2328 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2329 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2330 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2331 /// structs, and unions. 2332 LookupTagName, 2333 /// Label name lookup. 2334 LookupLabel, 2335 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2336 /// class/struct/union members. 2337 LookupMemberName, 2338 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2339 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2340 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2341 LookupOperatorName, 2342 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2343 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2344 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2345 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2346 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2347 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2348 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2349 LookupNamespaceName, 2350 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2351 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2352 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2353 LookupUsingDeclName, 2354 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2355 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2356 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2357 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2358 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2359 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2360 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2361 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2362 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2363 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2364 LookupAnyName 2365 }; 2366 2367 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2368 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2369 enum RedeclarationKind { 2370 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2371 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2372 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2373 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2374 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2375 ForRedeclaration 2376 }; 2377 2378 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2379 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2380 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2381 LOLR_Error, 2382 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2383 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2384 LOLR_Cooked, 2385 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2386 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2387 LOLR_Raw, 2388 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2389 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2390 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2391 LOLR_Template 2392 }; 2393 2394 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2395 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2396 bool ConstArg, 2397 bool VolatileArg, 2398 bool RValueThis, 2399 bool ConstThis, 2400 bool VolatileThis); 2401 2402 private: 2403 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2404 2405 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2406 // 2407 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2408 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2409 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2410 2411 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2412 /// source. 2413 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2414 2415 public: 2416 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2417 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2418 /// 2419 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2420 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2421 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2422 SourceLocation Loc, 2423 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2424 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2425 = NotForRedeclaration); 2426 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2427 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2428 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2429 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2430 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2431 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2432 bool EnteringContext = false); 2433 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2434 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2435 = NotForRedeclaration); 2436 2437 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2438 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2439 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2440 2441 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2442 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2443 2444 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2445 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2446 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2447 unsigned Quals); 2448 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2449 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2450 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2451 unsigned Quals); 2452 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2453 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2454 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2455 2456 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2457 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2458 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2459 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2460 2461 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2462 SourceLocation Loc, 2463 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2464 ADLResult &Functions); 2465 2466 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2467 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2468 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2469 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2470 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2471 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2472 2473 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2474 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2475 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2476 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2477 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2478 bool EnteringContext = false, 2479 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2480 2481 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2482 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2483 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2484 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2485 2486 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2487 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2488 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2489 2490 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2491 //@} 2492 2493 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2494 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2495 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2496 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2497 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2498 SourceLocation Loc); 2499 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2500 Scope *S); 2501 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2502 2503 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2504 2505 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2506 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2507 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2508 bool NonInheritable = true, 2509 bool Inheritable = true); 2510 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2511 bool NonInheritable = true, 2512 bool Inheritable = true, 2513 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2514 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2515 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2516 2517 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2518 2519 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2520 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2521 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2522 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2523 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2524 2525 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2526 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2527 SourceRange Range); 2528 2529 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2530 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2531 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2532 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2533 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2534 2535 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2536 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2537 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2538 2539 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2540 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2541 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2542 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2543 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2544 2545 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2546 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2547 2548 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2549 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2550 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2551 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2552 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2553 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2554 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2555 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2556 2557 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2558 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2559 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2560 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2561 SourceLocation Loc); 2562 2563 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2564 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2565 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2566 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2567 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2568 2569 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2570 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2571 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2572 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2573 2574 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2575 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2576 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2578 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2579 2580 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2581 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2582 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2583 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2584 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2585 2586 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2587 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2588 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2589 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2590 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2591 2592 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2593 /// class extensions. 2594 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2595 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2596 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2597 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2598 Selector GetterSel, 2599 Selector SetterSel, 2600 const bool isAssign, 2601 const bool isReadWrite, 2602 const unsigned Attributes, 2603 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2604 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2605 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2606 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2607 2608 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2609 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2610 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2611 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2612 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2613 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2614 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2615 Selector GetterSel, 2616 Selector SetterSel, 2617 const bool isAssign, 2618 const bool isReadWrite, 2619 const unsigned Attributes, 2620 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2621 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2622 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2623 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2624 2625 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2626 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2627 /// setter or getter. 2628 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2629 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2630 2631 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2632 2633 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2634 2635 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2636 MMS_loose, 2637 MMS_strict 2638 }; 2639 2640 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2641 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2642 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2643 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2644 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2645 2646 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2647 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2648 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2649 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2650 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2651 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2652 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2653 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2654 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2655 bool ImmediateClass, 2656 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2657 2658 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2659 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2660 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2661 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2662 2663 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2664 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2665 2666 private: 2667 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2668 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2669 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2670 2671 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2672 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2673 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2674 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2675 bool warn, bool instance); 2676 2677 public: 2678 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2679 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2680 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2681 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2682 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2683 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2684 } 2685 2686 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2687 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2688 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2689 } 2690 2691 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2692 /// pool. 2693 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2694 2695 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2696 /// there are multiple signatures. 2697 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2698 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2699 bool warn=true) { 2700 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2701 warn, /*instance*/true); 2702 } 2703 2704 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2705 /// there are multiple signatures. 2706 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2707 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2708 bool warn=true) { 2709 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2710 warn, /*instance*/false); 2711 } 2712 2713 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2714 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2715 2716 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2717 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2718 /// have mismathched types. 2719 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2720 2721 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2722 /// implementation. 2723 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2724 2725 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2726 /// initialization. 2727 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2728 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2729 2730 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2731 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2732 public: 2733 class FullExprArg { 2734 public: 2735 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2736 2737 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2738 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2739 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2740 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2741 2742 ExprResult release() { 2743 return E; 2744 } 2745 2746 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2747 2748 Expr *operator->() { 2749 return E; 2750 } 2751 2752 private: 2753 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2754 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2755 friend class Sema; 2756 2757 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2758 2759 Expr *E; 2760 }; 2761 2762 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2763 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2764 } 2765 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2766 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2767 } 2768 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2769 ExprResult FE = 2770 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2771 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2772 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2773 } 2774 2775 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2776 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2777 2778 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2779 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2780 2781 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2782 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2783 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2784 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2785 bool isStmtExpr); 2786 2787 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2788 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2789 public: 2790 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2791 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2792 } 2793 2794 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2795 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2796 } 2797 2798 private: 2799 Sema &S; 2800 }; 2801 2802 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2803 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2804 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2805 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2806 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2807 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2808 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2809 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2810 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2811 2812 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2813 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2814 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2815 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2816 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2817 2818 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2819 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2820 Stmt *SubStmt); 2821 2822 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2823 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2824 Stmt *ThenVal, 2825 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2826 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2827 Expr *Cond, 2828 Decl *CondVar); 2829 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2830 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2831 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2832 FullExprArg Cond, 2833 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2834 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2835 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2836 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2837 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2838 2839 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2840 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2841 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2842 Decl *SecondVar, 2843 FullExprArg Third, 2844 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2845 Stmt *Body); 2846 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2847 Expr *collection); 2848 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2849 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2850 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2851 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2852 2853 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2854 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2855 BFRK_Build, 2856 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2857 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2858 BFRK_Rebuild, 2859 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2860 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2861 BFRK_Check 2862 }; 2863 2864 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2865 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2866 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2867 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2868 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2869 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2870 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2871 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2872 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2873 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2874 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2875 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2876 2877 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2878 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2879 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2880 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2881 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2882 Expr *DestExp); 2883 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2884 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2885 2886 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2887 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2888 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2889 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2890 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2891 SourceLocation Loc, 2892 unsigned NumParams); 2893 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2894 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2895 2896 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2897 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2898 2899 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2900 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2901 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2902 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2903 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2904 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2905 2906 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2907 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2908 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2909 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2910 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2911 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2912 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2913 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2914 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2915 StringRef AsmString, 2916 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2917 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2918 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2919 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2920 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2921 2922 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2923 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2924 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2925 bool Invalid = false); 2926 2927 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2928 2929 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2930 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2931 2932 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2933 2934 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2935 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2936 2937 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2938 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2939 Scope *CurScope); 2940 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2941 Expr *operand); 2942 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2943 Expr *SynchExpr, 2944 Stmt *SynchBody); 2945 2946 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2947 2948 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2949 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2950 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2951 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2952 2953 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2954 2955 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2956 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2957 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2958 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2959 2960 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2961 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2962 Stmt *TryBlock, 2963 Stmt *Handler); 2964 2965 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2966 Expr *FilterExpr, 2967 Stmt *Block); 2968 2969 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2970 Stmt *Block); 2971 2972 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2973 2974 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2975 2976 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2977 /// of it. 2978 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2979 2980 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2981 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2982 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2983 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2984 2985 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2986 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2987 /// 2988 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2989 /// if (condition); 2990 /// do_stuff(); 2991 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2992 const Stmt *Body, 2993 unsigned DiagID); 2994 2995 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2996 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2997 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2998 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2999 3000 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3001 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3002 } 3003 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3004 3005 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 3006 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3007 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3008 } 3009 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3010 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3011 } 3012 3013 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3014 3015 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3016 SourceLocation Loc, 3017 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3018 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 3019 3020 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 3021 3022 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3023 StringRef message); 3024 3025 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3026 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3027 3028 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3029 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3030 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3031 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3032 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3033 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3034 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3035 SourceLocation Loc); 3036 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3037 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3038 3039 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3040 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3041 bool IsDecltype = false); 3042 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3043 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3044 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3045 bool IsDecltype = false); 3046 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3047 3048 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3049 3050 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3051 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3052 3053 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3054 3055 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3056 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3057 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3058 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3059 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3060 // named expressions. 3061 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3062 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3063 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3064 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3065 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3066 3067 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3068 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3069 3070 enum TryCaptureKind { 3071 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3072 }; 3073 3074 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3075 /// 3076 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3077 /// 3078 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3079 /// 3080 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3081 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3082 /// 3083 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3084 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3085 /// 3086 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3087 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3088 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3089 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3090 /// 3091 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3092 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3093 /// variable can be captured. 3094 /// 3095 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3096 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3097 /// captured. 3098 /// 3099 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3100 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3101 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3102 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3103 QualType &CaptureType, 3104 QualType &DeclRefType); 3105 3106 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3107 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3108 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3109 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3110 3111 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3112 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3113 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3114 3115 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3116 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3117 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3118 3119 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3120 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3121 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3122 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3123 bool ForceComplain = false, 3124 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3125 3126 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3127 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3128 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3129 3130 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3131 /// evaluation context. 3132 /// 3133 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3134 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3135 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3136 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3137 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3138 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3139 3140 // Primary Expressions. 3141 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3142 3143 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3144 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3145 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3146 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3147 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3148 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3149 3150 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3151 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3152 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3153 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3154 3155 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3156 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3157 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3158 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3159 3160 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3161 IdentifierInfo *II, 3162 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3163 3164 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3165 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3166 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3167 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3168 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3169 3170 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3171 ExprValueKind VK, 3172 SourceLocation Loc, 3173 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3174 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3175 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3176 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, 3177 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3178 ExprResult 3179 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3180 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3181 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3182 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3183 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3184 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3185 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3186 3187 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3188 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3189 LookupResult &R, 3190 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3191 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3192 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3193 LookupResult &R, 3194 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3195 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3196 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3197 const LookupResult &R, 3198 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3199 3200 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3201 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3202 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3203 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3204 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3205 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3206 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3207 3208 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3209 LookupResult &R, 3210 bool NeedsADL); 3211 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3212 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3213 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3214 3215 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3216 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3217 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3218 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3219 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3220 3221 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3222 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3223 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3224 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3225 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3226 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3227 SourceLocation R, 3228 MultiExprArg Val); 3229 3230 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3231 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3232 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3233 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3234 3235 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3236 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3237 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3238 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3239 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3240 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3241 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3242 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3243 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3244 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3245 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3246 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3247 3248 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3249 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3250 Expr *InputExpr); 3251 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3252 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3253 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3254 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3255 3256 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3257 3258 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3259 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3260 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3261 SourceRange R); 3262 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3263 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3264 ExprResult 3265 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3266 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3267 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3268 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3269 3270 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3271 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3272 3273 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3274 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3275 SourceRange ExprRange, 3276 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3277 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3278 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3279 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3280 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3281 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3282 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3283 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3284 3285 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3286 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3287 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3288 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3289 3290 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3291 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3292 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3293 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3294 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3295 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3296 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3297 3298 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3299 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3300 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3301 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3302 // defines a custom operator->). 3303 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3304 Scope *S; 3305 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3306 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3307 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3308 }; 3309 3310 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3311 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3312 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3313 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3314 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3315 LookupResult &R, 3316 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3317 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3318 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3319 3320 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3321 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3322 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3323 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3324 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3325 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3326 3327 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3328 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3329 const LookupResult &R); 3330 3331 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3332 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3333 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3334 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3335 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3336 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3337 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3338 3339 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3340 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3341 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3342 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3343 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3344 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3345 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3346 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3347 3348 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3349 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3350 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3351 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3352 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3353 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3354 bool ExecConfig = false); 3355 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3356 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3357 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3358 3359 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3360 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3361 /// locations. 3362 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3363 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3364 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3365 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3366 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3367 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3368 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3369 Expr *Config = 0, 3370 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3371 3372 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3373 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3374 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3375 3376 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3377 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3378 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3379 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3380 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3381 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3382 Expr *Op); 3383 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3384 3385 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3386 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3387 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3388 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3389 3390 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3391 3392 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3393 ParsedType Ty, 3394 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3395 Expr *InitExpr); 3396 3397 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3398 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3399 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3400 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3401 3402 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3403 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3404 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3405 3406 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3407 SourceLocation Loc, 3408 bool GNUSyntax, 3409 ExprResult Init); 3410 3411 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3412 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3413 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3414 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3415 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3416 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3417 3418 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3419 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3420 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3421 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3422 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3423 3424 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3425 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3426 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3427 3428 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3429 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3430 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3431 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3432 3433 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3434 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3435 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3436 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3437 union { 3438 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3439 Expr *E; 3440 } U; 3441 }; 3442 3443 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3444 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3445 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3446 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3447 unsigned NumComponents, 3448 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3449 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3450 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3451 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3452 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3453 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3454 unsigned NumComponents, 3455 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3456 3457 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3458 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3459 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3460 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3461 3462 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3463 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3464 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3465 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3466 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3467 3468 // __null 3469 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3470 3471 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3472 3473 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3474 enum IfExistsResult { 3475 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3476 IER_Exists, 3477 3478 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3479 IER_DoesNotExist, 3480 3481 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3482 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3483 IER_Dependent, 3484 3485 /// \brief An error occurred. 3486 IER_Error 3487 }; 3488 3489 IfExistsResult 3490 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3491 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3492 3493 IfExistsResult 3494 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3495 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3496 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3497 3498 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3499 bool IsIfExists, 3500 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3501 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3502 Stmt *Nested); 3503 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3504 bool IsIfExists, 3505 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3506 Stmt *Nested); 3507 3508 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3509 3510 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3511 /// started. 3512 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3513 3514 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3515 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3516 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3517 Scope *CurScope); 3518 3519 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3520 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3521 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3522 3523 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3524 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3525 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3526 Scope *CurScope); 3527 3528 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3529 3530 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3531 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3532 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3533 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3534 3535 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3536 3537 // Act on C++ namespaces 3538 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3539 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3540 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3541 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3542 SourceLocation LBrace, 3543 AttributeList *AttrList); 3544 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3545 3546 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3547 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3548 3549 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3550 3551 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3552 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3553 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3554 3555 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3556 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3557 /// 3558 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3559 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3560 3561 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3562 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3563 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3564 3565 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3566 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3567 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3568 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3569 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3570 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3571 AttributeList *AttrList); 3572 3573 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3574 3575 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3576 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3577 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3578 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3579 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3580 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3581 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3582 3583 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3584 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3585 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3586 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3587 NamedDecl *Target); 3588 3589 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3590 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3591 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3592 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3593 const LookupResult &Previous); 3594 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3595 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3596 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3597 3598 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3599 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3600 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3601 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3602 AttributeList *AttrList, 3603 bool IsInstantiation, 3604 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3605 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3606 3607 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3608 3609 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3610 AccessSpecifier AS, 3611 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3612 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3613 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3614 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3615 AttributeList *AttrList, 3616 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3617 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3618 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3619 AccessSpecifier AS, 3620 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3621 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3622 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3623 AttributeList *AttrList, 3624 TypeResult Type); 3625 3626 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3627 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3628 /// 3629 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3630 ExprResult 3631 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3632 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3633 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3634 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3635 SourceRange ParenRange); 3636 3637 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3638 // the constructor can be elidable? 3639 ExprResult 3640 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3641 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3642 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3643 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3644 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3645 3646 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3647 /// the default expr if needed. 3648 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3649 FunctionDecl *FD, 3650 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3651 3652 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3653 /// constructed variable. 3654 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3655 3656 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3657 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3658 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3659 // Pointer to allow copying 3660 Sema *Self; 3661 // We order exception specifications thus: 3662 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3663 // throw() comes next. 3664 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3665 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3666 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3667 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3668 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3669 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3670 3671 void ClearExceptions() { 3672 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3673 Exceptions.clear(); 3674 } 3675 3676 public: 3677 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3678 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3679 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3680 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3681 } 3682 3683 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3684 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3685 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3686 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3687 return ComputedEST; 3688 } 3689 3690 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3691 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3692 3693 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3694 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3695 3696 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3697 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3698 3699 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3700 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3701 3702 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3703 /// computed exception specification. 3704 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3705 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3706 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3707 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3708 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3709 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3710 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3711 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3712 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3713 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3714 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3715 tok::kw_false).take(); 3716 } 3717 } 3718 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3719 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3720 getEPI(EPI); 3721 return EPI; 3722 } 3723 }; 3724 3725 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3726 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3727 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3728 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3729 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3730 3731 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3732 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3733 /// will be const. 3734 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3735 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3736 3737 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3738 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3739 /// parameter will be const. 3740 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3741 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3742 3743 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3744 /// constructor of a class will have. 3745 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3746 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3747 3748 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3749 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3750 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3751 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3752 3753 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3754 /// destructor of a class will have. 3755 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3756 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3757 3758 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3759 /// constructor of a class will have. 3760 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3761 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3762 3763 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3764 /// special member function. 3765 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3766 3767 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3768 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3769 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3770 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3771 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3772 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3773 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3774 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3775 3776 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3777 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3778 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3779 bool Diagnose = false); 3780 3781 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3782 /// 3783 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3784 /// default constructor will be added. 3785 /// 3786 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3787 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3788 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3789 3790 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3791 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3792 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3793 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3794 3795 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3796 /// 3797 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3798 /// destructor will be added. 3799 /// 3800 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3801 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3802 3803 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3804 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3805 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3806 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3807 3808 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3809 /// 3810 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3811 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3812 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3813 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3814 3815 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3816 /// 3817 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3818 /// constructors will be added. 3819 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3820 3821 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3822 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3823 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3824 3825 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3826 /// 3827 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3828 /// copy constructor will be added. 3829 /// 3830 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3831 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3832 3833 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3834 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3835 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3836 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3837 3838 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3839 /// 3840 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3841 /// move constructor will be added. 3842 /// 3843 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3844 /// declared. 3845 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3846 3847 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3848 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3849 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3850 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3851 3852 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3853 /// 3854 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3855 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3856 /// 3857 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3858 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3859 3860 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3861 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3862 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3863 3864 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3865 /// 3866 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3867 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3868 /// 3869 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3870 /// wasn't declared. 3871 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3872 3873 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3874 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3875 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3876 3877 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3878 /// class. 3879 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3880 3881 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3882 /// special member function. 3883 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3884 3885 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3886 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3887 /// 3888 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3889 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3890 3891 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3892 /// member function. 3893 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3894 3895 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3896 /// static member function. 3897 /// 3898 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3899 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3900 3901 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3902 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3903 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3904 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3905 3906 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3907 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3908 SourceLocation Loc, 3909 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3910 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3911 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3912 3913 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3914 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3915 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3916 3917 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3918 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3919 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3920 ParsedType ObjectType, 3921 bool EnteringContext); 3922 3923 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3924 3925 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3926 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3927 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3928 3929 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3930 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3931 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3932 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3933 Declarator &D, 3934 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3935 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3936 Expr *E, 3937 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3938 3939 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3940 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3941 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3942 Expr *E, 3943 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3944 SourceRange Parens); 3945 3946 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3947 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3948 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3949 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3950 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3951 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3952 Expr *Operand, 3953 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3954 3955 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3956 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3957 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3958 void *TyOrExpr, 3959 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3960 3961 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3962 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3963 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3964 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3965 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3966 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3967 Expr *Operand, 3968 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3969 3970 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3971 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3972 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3973 void *TyOrExpr, 3974 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3975 3976 3977 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3978 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3979 3980 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3981 /// 3982 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3983 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3984 3985 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3986 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3987 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3988 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3989 3990 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3991 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3992 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3993 Sema &S; 3994 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3995 bool Enabled; 3996 3997 public: 3998 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3999 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 4000 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4001 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4002 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4003 bool Enabled = true); 4004 4005 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4006 }; 4007 4008 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4009 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4010 /// 4011 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4012 /// 4013 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4014 /// capture list. 4015 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 4016 4017 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4018 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4019 /// being defined. 4020 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4021 4022 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4023 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4024 4025 4026 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4027 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4028 4029 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4030 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4031 4032 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4033 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4034 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4035 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4036 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4037 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4038 4039 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4040 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4041 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4042 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4043 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4044 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4045 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4046 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4047 4048 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4049 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4050 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4051 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4052 4053 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4054 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4055 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4056 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4057 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4058 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4059 Expr *Initializer); 4060 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4061 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4062 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4063 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4064 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4065 QualType AllocType, 4066 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4067 Expr *ArraySize, 4068 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4069 Expr *Initializer, 4070 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4071 4072 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4073 SourceRange R); 4074 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4075 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4076 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4077 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4078 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4079 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4080 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4081 DeclContext *Ctx, 4082 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4083 bool Diagnose = true); 4084 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4085 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4086 QualType Argument, 4087 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4088 4089 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4090 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4091 bool Diagnose = true); 4092 4093 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4094 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4095 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4096 Expr *Operand); 4097 4098 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4099 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4100 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4101 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4102 4103 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4104 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4105 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4106 SourceLocation RParen); 4107 4108 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4109 /// pseudo-functions. 4110 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4111 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4112 ParsedType Ty, 4113 SourceLocation RParen); 4114 4115 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4116 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4117 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4118 SourceLocation RParen); 4119 4120 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4121 /// pseudo-functions. 4122 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4123 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4124 ParsedType LhsTy, 4125 ParsedType RhsTy, 4126 SourceLocation RParen); 4127 4128 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4129 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4130 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4131 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4132 SourceLocation RParen); 4133 4134 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4135 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4136 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4137 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4138 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4139 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4140 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4141 4142 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4143 /// pseudo-functions. 4144 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4145 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4146 ParsedType LhsTy, 4147 Expr *DimExpr, 4148 SourceLocation RParen); 4149 4150 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4151 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4152 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4153 Expr *DimExpr, 4154 SourceLocation RParen); 4155 4156 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4157 /// pseudo-functions. 4158 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4159 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4160 Expr *Queried, 4161 SourceLocation RParen); 4162 4163 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4164 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4165 Expr *Queried, 4166 SourceLocation RParen); 4167 4168 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4169 Expr *Base, 4170 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4171 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4172 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4173 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4174 4175 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4176 4177 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4178 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4179 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4180 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4181 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4182 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4183 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4184 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4185 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4186 4187 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4188 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4189 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4190 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4191 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4192 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4193 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4194 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4195 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4196 4197 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4198 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4199 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4200 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4201 const DeclSpec& DS, 4202 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4203 4204 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4205 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4206 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4207 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4208 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4209 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4210 4211 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4212 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4213 : SourceLocation()); 4214 } 4215 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4216 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4217 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4218 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4219 4220 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4221 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4222 4223 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4224 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4225 bool EnteringContext = false); 4226 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4227 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4228 4229 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4230 /// 4231 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4232 /// 4233 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4234 /// 4235 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4236 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4237 /// 4238 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4239 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4240 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4241 4242 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4243 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4244 4245 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4246 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4247 IdentifierInfo &II, 4248 ParsedType ObjectType); 4249 4250 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4251 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4252 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4253 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4254 QualType ObjectType, 4255 bool EnteringContext, 4256 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4257 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4258 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4259 4260 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4261 /// 4262 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4263 /// 4264 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4265 /// 4266 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4267 /// 4268 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4269 /// 4270 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4271 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4272 /// 4273 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4274 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4275 /// 4276 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4277 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4278 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4279 /// including this new type). 4280 /// 4281 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4282 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4283 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4284 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4285 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4286 ParsedType ObjectType, 4287 bool EnteringContext, 4288 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4289 4290 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4291 4292 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4293 const DeclSpec &DS, 4294 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4295 4296 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4297 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4298 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4299 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4300 ParsedType ObjectType, 4301 bool EnteringContext); 4302 4303 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4304 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4305 /// 4306 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4307 /// 4308 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4309 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4310 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4311 /// including this new type). 4312 /// 4313 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4314 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4315 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4316 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4317 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4318 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4319 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4320 /// 4321 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4322 /// nested-name-specifier. 4323 /// 4324 /// 4325 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4326 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4327 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4328 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4329 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4330 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4331 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4332 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4333 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4334 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4335 bool EnteringContext); 4336 4337 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4338 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4339 /// nested-name-specifier. 4340 /// 4341 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4342 /// 4343 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4344 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4345 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4346 4347 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4348 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4349 /// 4350 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4351 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4352 /// 4353 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4354 /// 4355 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4356 /// of the annotation pointer. 4357 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4358 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4359 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4360 4361 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4362 4363 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4364 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4365 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4366 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4367 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4368 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4369 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4370 4371 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4372 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4373 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4374 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4375 /// defining scope. 4376 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4377 4378 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4379 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4380 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4381 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4382 /// class X. 4383 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4384 4385 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4386 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4387 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4388 4389 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4390 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4391 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4392 bool KnownDependent); 4393 4394 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4395 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4396 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4397 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4398 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4399 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4400 4401 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4402 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4403 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4404 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4405 bool ExplicitParams, 4406 bool ExplicitResultType, 4407 bool Mutable); 4408 4409 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4410 /// initializer. 4411 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4412 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4413 4414 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4415 /// given lambda. 4416 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4417 4418 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4419 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4420 4421 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4422 /// statements present in the body. 4423 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4424 4425 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4426 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4427 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4428 /// lambda. 4429 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4430 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4431 4432 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4433 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4434 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4435 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4436 4437 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4438 /// was successfully completed. 4439 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4440 Scope *CurScope, 4441 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4442 4443 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4444 /// function pointer. 4445 /// 4446 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4447 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4448 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4449 /// block pointer conversion. 4450 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4451 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4452 4453 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4454 /// block pointer. 4455 /// 4456 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4457 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4458 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4459 /// block pointer conversion. 4460 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4461 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4462 4463 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4464 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4465 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4466 Expr *Src); 4467 4468 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4469 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4470 Expr **Strings, 4471 unsigned NumStrings); 4472 4473 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4474 4475 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4476 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4477 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4478 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4479 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4480 bool Value); 4481 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4482 4483 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4484 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4485 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4486 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4487 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4488 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4489 4490 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4491 Expr *IndexExpr, 4492 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4493 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4494 4495 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4496 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4497 unsigned NumElements); 4498 4499 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4500 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4501 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4502 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4503 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4504 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4505 4506 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4507 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4508 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4509 ParsedType Ty, 4510 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4511 4512 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4513 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4514 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4515 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4516 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4517 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4518 4519 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4520 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4521 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4522 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4523 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4524 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4525 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4526 4527 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4528 // C++ Declarations 4529 // 4530 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4531 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4532 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4533 StringRef Lang, 4534 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4535 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4536 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4537 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4538 4539 4540 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4541 // C++ Classes 4542 // 4543 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4544 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4545 4546 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4547 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4548 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4549 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4550 4551 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4552 Declarator &D, 4553 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4554 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4555 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4556 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4557 Expr *Init); 4558 4559 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4560 Scope *S, 4561 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4562 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4563 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4564 const DeclSpec &DS, 4565 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4566 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4567 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4568 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4569 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4570 4571 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4572 Scope *S, 4573 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4574 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4575 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4576 const DeclSpec &DS, 4577 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4578 Expr *InitList, 4579 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4580 4581 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4582 Scope *S, 4583 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4584 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4585 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4586 const DeclSpec &DS, 4587 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4588 Expr *Init, 4589 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4590 4591 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4592 Expr *Init, 4593 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4594 4595 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4596 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4597 Expr *Init, 4598 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4599 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4600 4601 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4602 Expr *Init, 4603 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4604 4605 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4606 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4607 4608 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4609 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4610 4611 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4612 4613 4614 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4615 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4616 /// referenced. 4617 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4618 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4619 4620 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4621 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4622 /// first use occurred. 4623 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4624 4625 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4626 /// materialized. 4627 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4628 4629 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4630 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4631 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4632 /// by code generation). 4633 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4634 4635 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4636 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4637 4638 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4639 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4640 DynamicClassesType; 4641 4642 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4643 /// unit. 4644 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4645 4646 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4647 /// given location. 4648 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4649 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4650 4651 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4652 /// in the given class as needed. 4653 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4654 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4655 4656 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4657 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4658 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4659 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4660 4661 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4662 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4663 /// vtables. 4664 /// 4665 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4666 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4667 4668 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4669 4670 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4671 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4672 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4673 bool AnyErrors); 4674 4675 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4676 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4677 Decl *TagDecl, 4678 SourceLocation LBrac, 4679 SourceLocation RBrac, 4680 AttributeList *AttrList); 4681 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4682 4683 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4684 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4685 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4686 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4687 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4688 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4689 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4690 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4691 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4692 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4693 4694 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4695 Expr *AssertExpr, 4696 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4697 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4698 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4699 Expr *AssertExpr, 4700 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4701 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4702 bool Failed); 4703 4704 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4705 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4706 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4707 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4708 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4709 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4710 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4711 4712 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4713 StorageClass& SC); 4714 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4715 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4716 StorageClass& SC); 4717 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4718 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4719 StorageClass& SC); 4720 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4721 4722 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4723 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4724 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4725 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4726 4727 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4728 // C++ Derived Classes 4729 // 4730 4731 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4732 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4733 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4734 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4735 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4736 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4737 4738 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4739 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4740 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4741 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4742 ParsedType basetype, 4743 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4744 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4745 4746 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4747 unsigned NumBases); 4748 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4749 unsigned NumBases); 4750 4751 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4752 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4753 4754 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4755 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4756 4757 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4758 4759 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4760 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4761 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4762 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4763 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4764 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4765 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4766 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4767 DeclarationName Name, 4768 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4769 4770 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4771 4772 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4773 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4774 4775 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4776 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4777 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4778 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4779 4780 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4781 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4782 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4783 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4784 4785 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4786 4787 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4788 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4789 4790 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4791 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4792 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4793 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4794 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4795 4796 4797 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4798 // C++ Access Control 4799 // 4800 4801 enum AccessResult { 4802 AR_accessible, 4803 AR_inaccessible, 4804 AR_dependent, 4805 AR_delayed 4806 }; 4807 4808 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4809 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4810 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4811 4812 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4813 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4814 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4815 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4816 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4817 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4818 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4819 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4820 bool Diagnose = true); 4821 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4822 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4823 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4824 AccessSpecifier Access, 4825 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4826 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4827 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4828 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4829 AccessSpecifier Access, 4830 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4831 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4832 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4833 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4834 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4835 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4836 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4837 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4838 NamedDecl *D); 4839 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4840 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4841 Expr *ArgExpr, 4842 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4843 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4844 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4845 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4846 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4847 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4848 unsigned DiagID, 4849 bool ForceCheck = false, 4850 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4851 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4852 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4853 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4854 AccessSpecifier access, 4855 QualType objectType); 4856 4857 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4858 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4859 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4860 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4861 4862 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4863 4864 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4865 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4866 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4867 4868 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4869 AbstractNone = -1, 4870 AbstractReturnType, 4871 AbstractParamType, 4872 AbstractVariableType, 4873 AbstractFieldType, 4874 AbstractIvarType, 4875 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4876 AbstractArrayType 4877 }; 4878 4879 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4880 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4881 template<typename T1> 4882 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4883 unsigned DiagID, 4884 const T1 &Arg1) { 4885 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4886 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4887 } 4888 4889 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4890 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4891 unsigned DiagID, 4892 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4893 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4894 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4895 } 4896 4897 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4898 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4899 unsigned DiagID, 4900 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4901 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4902 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4903 } 4904 4905 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4906 4907 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4908 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4909 4910 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4911 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4912 // 4913 4914 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4915 4916 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4917 4918 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4919 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4920 // 4921 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4922 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4923 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4924 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4925 4926 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4927 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4928 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4929 4930 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4931 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4932 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4933 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4934 ParsedType ObjectType, 4935 bool EnteringContext, 4936 TemplateTy &Template, 4937 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4938 4939 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4940 SourceLocation IILoc, 4941 Scope *S, 4942 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4943 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4944 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4945 4946 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4947 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4948 4949 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4950 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4951 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4952 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4953 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4954 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4955 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4956 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4957 4958 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4959 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4960 unsigned Depth, 4961 unsigned Position, 4962 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4963 Expr *DefaultArg); 4964 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4965 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4966 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4967 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4968 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4969 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4970 unsigned Depth, 4971 unsigned Position, 4972 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4973 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4974 4975 TemplateParameterList * 4976 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4977 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4978 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4979 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4980 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4981 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4982 4983 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 4984 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4985 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4986 TPC_VarTemplate, 4987 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4988 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4989 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 4990 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4991 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4992 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4993 }; 4994 4995 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4996 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4997 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4998 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4999 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 5000 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5001 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5002 5003 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5004 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5005 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5006 AttributeList *Attr, 5007 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5008 AccessSpecifier AS, 5009 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5010 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5011 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 5012 5013 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5014 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5015 5016 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5017 5018 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5019 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5020 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5021 5022 TypeResult 5023 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5024 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5025 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5026 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5027 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5028 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5029 5030 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5031 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5032 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5033 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5034 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5035 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5036 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5037 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5038 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5039 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5040 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5041 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5042 5043 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5044 Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5045 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5046 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5047 5048 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5049 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5050 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5051 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5052 5053 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5054 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5055 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5056 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5057 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5058 5059 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5060 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5061 LookupResult &R, 5062 bool RequiresADL, 5063 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5064 5065 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5066 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5067 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5068 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5069 5070 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5071 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5072 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5073 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5074 ParsedType ObjectType, 5075 bool EnteringContext, 5076 TemplateTy &Template); 5077 5078 DeclResult 5079 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5080 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5081 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5082 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5083 TemplateTy Template, 5084 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5085 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5086 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5087 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5088 AttributeList *Attr, 5089 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5090 5091 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5092 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5093 Declarator &D); 5094 5095 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5096 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5097 Declarator &D); 5098 5099 bool 5100 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5101 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5102 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5103 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5104 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5105 bool &SuppressNew); 5106 5107 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5108 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5109 LookupResult &Previous); 5110 5111 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5112 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5113 LookupResult &Previous); 5114 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5115 5116 DeclResult 5117 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5118 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5119 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5120 unsigned TagSpec, 5121 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5122 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5123 TemplateTy Template, 5124 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5125 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5126 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5127 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5128 AttributeList *Attr); 5129 5130 DeclResult 5131 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5132 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5133 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5134 unsigned TagSpec, 5135 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5136 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5137 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5138 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5139 AttributeList *Attr); 5140 5141 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5142 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5143 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5144 Declarator &D); 5145 5146 TemplateArgumentLoc 5147 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5148 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5149 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5150 Decl *Param, 5151 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5152 &Converted, 5153 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5154 5155 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5156 /// argument is being checked. 5157 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5158 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5159 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5160 CTAK_Specified, 5161 5162 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5163 /// deduction. 5164 CTAK_Deduced, 5165 5166 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5167 /// via template argument deduction. 5168 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5169 }; 5170 5171 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5172 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5173 NamedDecl *Template, 5174 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5175 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5176 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5177 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5178 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5179 5180 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5181 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5182 /// 5183 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5184 /// provided. 5185 /// 5186 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5187 /// 5188 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5189 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5190 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5191 /// arguments. 5192 /// 5193 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5194 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5195 /// set of template arguments. 5196 /// 5197 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5198 /// arguments. 5199 /// 5200 /// 5201 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5202 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5203 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5204 /// 5205 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5206 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5207 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5208 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5209 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5210 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5211 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5212 5213 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5214 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5215 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5216 5217 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5218 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5219 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5220 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5221 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5222 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5223 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5224 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5225 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5226 5227 ExprResult 5228 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5229 QualType ParamType, 5230 SourceLocation Loc); 5231 ExprResult 5232 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5233 SourceLocation Loc); 5234 5235 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5236 /// for equality. 5237 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5238 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5239 /// that might be redeclarations. 5240 /// 5241 /// \code 5242 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5243 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5244 /// \endcode 5245 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5246 5247 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5248 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5249 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5250 /// 5251 /// \code 5252 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5253 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5254 /// \endcode 5255 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5256 5257 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5258 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5259 /// template parameter. 5260 /// 5261 /// \code 5262 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5263 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5264 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5265 /// \endcode 5266 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5267 }; 5268 5269 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5270 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5271 bool Complain, 5272 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5273 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5274 = SourceLocation()); 5275 5276 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5277 5278 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5279 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5280 /// 5281 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5282 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5283 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5284 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5285 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5286 TypeResult 5287 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5288 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5289 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5290 5291 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5292 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5293 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5294 /// 5295 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5296 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5297 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5298 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5299 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5300 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5301 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5302 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5303 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5304 TypeResult 5305 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5306 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5307 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5308 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5309 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5310 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5311 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5312 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5313 5314 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5315 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5316 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5317 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5318 SourceLocation IILoc); 5319 5320 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5321 SourceLocation Loc, 5322 DeclarationName Name); 5323 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5324 5325 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5326 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5327 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5328 5329 std::string 5330 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5331 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5332 5333 std::string 5334 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5335 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5336 unsigned NumArgs); 5337 5338 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5339 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5340 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5341 5342 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5343 /// being diagnosed. 5344 /// 5345 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5346 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5347 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5348 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5349 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5350 5351 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5352 UPPC_BaseType, 5353 5354 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5355 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5356 5357 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5358 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5359 5360 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5361 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5362 5363 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5364 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5365 5366 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5367 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5368 5369 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5370 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5371 5372 /// \brief A using declaration. 5373 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5374 5375 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5376 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5377 5378 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5379 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5380 5381 /// \brief An initializer. 5382 UPPC_Initializer, 5383 5384 /// \brief A default argument. 5385 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5386 5387 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5388 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5389 5390 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5391 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5392 5393 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5394 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5395 5396 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5397 UPPC_IfExists, 5398 5399 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5400 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5401 5402 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5403 UPPC_Lambda, 5404 5405 /// \brief Block expression, 5406 UPPC_Block 5407 }; 5408 5409 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5410 /// 5411 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5412 /// 5413 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5414 /// parameter packs. 5415 /// 5416 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5417 /// 5418 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5419 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5420 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5421 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5422 5423 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5424 /// diagnose the error. 5425 /// 5426 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5427 /// 5428 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5429 /// packs. 5430 /// 5431 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5432 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5433 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5434 5435 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5436 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5437 /// 5438 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5439 /// parameter packs. 5440 /// 5441 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5442 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5443 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5444 5445 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5446 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5447 /// 5448 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5449 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5450 /// 5451 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5452 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5453 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5454 5455 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5456 /// diagnose the error. 5457 /// 5458 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5459 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5460 /// 5461 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5462 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5463 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5464 5465 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5466 /// diagnose the error. 5467 /// 5468 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5469 /// 5470 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5471 /// parameter packs. 5472 /// 5473 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5474 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5475 TemplateName Template, 5476 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5477 5478 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5479 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5480 /// 5481 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5482 /// parameter packs. 5483 /// 5484 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5485 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5486 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5487 5488 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5489 /// template argument. 5490 /// 5491 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5492 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5493 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5494 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5495 5496 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5497 /// template argument. 5498 /// 5499 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5500 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5501 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5502 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5503 5504 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5505 /// type. 5506 /// 5507 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5508 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5509 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5510 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5511 5512 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5513 /// type. 5514 /// 5515 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5516 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5517 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5518 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5519 5520 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5521 /// nested-name-specifier. 5522 /// 5523 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5524 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5525 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5526 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5527 5528 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5529 /// name. 5530 /// 5531 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5532 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5533 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5534 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5535 5536 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5537 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5538 /// 5539 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5540 /// may already be invalid. 5541 /// 5542 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5543 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5544 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5545 5546 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5547 /// creates a pack expansion. 5548 /// 5549 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5550 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5551 /// 5552 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5553 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5554 5555 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5556 /// expansion. 5557 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5558 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5559 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5560 5561 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5562 /// expansion. 5563 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5564 SourceRange PatternRange, 5565 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5566 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5567 5568 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5569 /// creates a pack expansion. 5570 /// 5571 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5572 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5573 /// 5574 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5575 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5576 5577 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5578 /// creates a pack expansion. 5579 /// 5580 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5581 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5582 /// 5583 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5584 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5585 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5586 5587 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5588 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5589 /// transforming the pattern. 5590 /// 5591 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5592 /// pack expansion. 5593 /// 5594 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5595 /// the pack expansion. 5596 /// 5597 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5598 /// pattern. 5599 /// 5600 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5601 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5602 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5603 /// 5604 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5605 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5606 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5607 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5608 /// 5609 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5610 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5611 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5612 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5613 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5614 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5615 /// set this value in other cases. 5616 /// 5617 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5618 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5619 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5620 /// must be set. 5621 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5622 SourceRange PatternRange, 5623 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5624 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5625 bool &ShouldExpand, 5626 bool &RetainExpansion, 5627 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5628 5629 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5630 /// type. 5631 /// 5632 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5633 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5634 /// 5635 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5636 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5637 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5638 5639 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5640 /// parameter packs. 5641 /// 5642 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5643 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5644 /// 5645 /// \code 5646 /// void f(T...); 5647 /// \endcode 5648 /// 5649 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5650 /// a variadic function. 5651 /// 5652 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5653 /// false otherwise. 5654 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5655 5656 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5657 /// 5658 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5659 /// 5660 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5661 /// 5662 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5663 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5664 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5665 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5666 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5667 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5668 5669 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5670 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5671 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5672 5673 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5674 /// 5675 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5676 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5677 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5678 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5679 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5680 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5681 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5682 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5683 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5684 TDK_Success = 0, 5685 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5686 TDK_Invalid, 5687 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5688 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5689 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5690 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5691 /// for every template parameter. 5692 TDK_Incomplete, 5693 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5694 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5695 TDK_Inconsistent, 5696 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5697 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5698 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5699 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5700 TDK_Underqualified, 5701 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5702 /// resulted in an error. 5703 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5704 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5705 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5706 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5707 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5708 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5709 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5710 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5711 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5712 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5713 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5714 /// template arguments for the given template. 5715 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5716 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5717 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5718 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5719 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5720 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5721 }; 5722 5723 TemplateDeductionResult 5724 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5725 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5726 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5727 5728 TemplateDeductionResult 5729 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5730 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5731 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5732 5733 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 5734 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5735 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5736 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5737 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 5738 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5739 5740 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5741 // deduction for a call. 5742 struct OriginalCallArg { 5743 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5744 unsigned ArgIdx, 5745 QualType OriginalArgType) 5746 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5747 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5748 5749 QualType OriginalParamType; 5750 unsigned ArgIdx; 5751 QualType OriginalArgType; 5752 }; 5753 5754 TemplateDeductionResult 5755 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5756 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5757 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5758 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5759 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5760 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5761 5762 TemplateDeductionResult 5763 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5764 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5765 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5766 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5767 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5768 5769 TemplateDeductionResult 5770 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5771 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5772 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5773 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5774 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5775 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5776 5777 TemplateDeductionResult 5778 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5779 QualType ToType, 5780 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5781 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5782 5783 TemplateDeductionResult 5784 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5785 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5786 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5787 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5788 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5789 5790 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5791 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5792 DAR_Succeeded, 5793 DAR_Failed, 5794 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5795 }; 5796 5797 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5798 QualType &Result); 5799 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5800 QualType &Result); 5801 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5802 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5803 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5804 bool Diagnose = true); 5805 5806 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5807 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5808 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5809 5810 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5811 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5812 SourceLocation Loc, 5813 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5814 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5815 UnresolvedSetIterator 5816 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5817 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5818 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5819 unsigned NumCallArguments, SourceLocation Loc, 5820 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5821 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5822 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5823 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5824 5825 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5826 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5827 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5828 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5829 SourceLocation Loc); 5830 5831 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5832 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5833 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 5834 5835 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5836 bool OnlyDeduced, 5837 unsigned Depth, 5838 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5839 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5840 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5841 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5842 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5843 } 5844 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5845 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5846 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5847 5848 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5849 // C++ Template Instantiation 5850 // 5851 5852 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5853 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5854 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5855 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5856 5857 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5858 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5859 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5860 enum InstantiationKind { 5861 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5862 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5863 TemplateInstantiation, 5864 5865 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5866 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5867 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5868 /// arguments as specified. 5869 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5870 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5871 5872 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5873 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5874 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5875 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5876 5877 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5878 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5879 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5880 5881 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5882 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5883 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5884 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5885 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5886 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5887 5888 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5889 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5890 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5891 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5892 5893 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5894 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5895 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5896 5897 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5898 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5899 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5900 } Kind; 5901 5902 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5903 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5904 5905 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5906 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5907 /// arguments. 5908 NamedDecl *Template; 5909 5910 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5911 Decl *Entity; 5912 5913 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5914 /// are not part of the entity. 5915 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5916 5917 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5918 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5919 5920 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5921 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5922 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5923 5924 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5925 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5926 /// template instantiation. 5927 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5928 5929 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5930 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5931 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5932 5933 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5934 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5935 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5936 5937 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5938 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5939 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5940 return false; 5941 5942 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5943 return false; 5944 5945 switch (X.Kind) { 5946 case TemplateInstantiation: 5947 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5948 return true; 5949 5950 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5951 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5952 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5953 5954 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5955 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5956 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5957 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5958 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5959 5960 } 5961 5962 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5963 } 5964 5965 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5966 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5967 return !(X == Y); 5968 } 5969 }; 5970 5971 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5972 /// 5973 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5974 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5975 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5976 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5977 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5978 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5979 5980 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 5981 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 5982 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 5983 5984 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 5985 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 5986 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 5987 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 5988 5989 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 5990 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 5991 /// template defined within it. 5992 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 5993 5994 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5995 /// template instantiation. 5996 /// 5997 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5998 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5999 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6000 6001 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6002 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6003 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6004 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6005 6006 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6007 /// error or warning was produced. 6008 /// 6009 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6010 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6011 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6012 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6013 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6014 6015 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6016 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6017 /// 6018 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6019 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6020 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6021 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6022 6023 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6024 /// within a \c Sema object. 6025 /// 6026 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6027 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6028 Sema &Self; 6029 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6030 6031 public: 6032 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6033 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6034 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6035 } 6036 6037 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6038 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6039 } 6040 }; 6041 6042 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6043 6044 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 6045 /// 6046 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 6047 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 6048 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 6049 6050 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6051 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6052 /// deduction. 6053 /// 6054 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6055 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6056 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6057 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6058 6059 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6060 /// instantiation. 6061 /// 6062 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6063 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6064 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6065 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6066 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6067 /// 6068 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6069 /// the stack. 6070 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6071 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6072 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6073 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6074 Decl *Entity, 6075 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6076 6077 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6078 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6079 /// of a function template. 6080 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6081 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6082 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6083 6084 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6085 /// template-id. 6086 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6087 TemplateDecl *Template, 6088 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6089 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6090 6091 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6092 /// template-id. 6093 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6094 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6095 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6096 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6097 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6098 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6099 6100 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6101 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6102 /// specialization. 6103 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6104 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6105 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6106 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6107 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6108 6109 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6110 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6111 /// specialization. 6112 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6113 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6114 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6115 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6116 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6117 6118 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6119 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6120 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6121 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6122 6123 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6124 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6125 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6126 NamedDecl *Template, 6127 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6128 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6129 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6130 6131 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6132 NamedDecl *Template, 6133 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6134 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6135 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6136 6137 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6138 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6139 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6140 TemplateDecl *Template, 6141 NamedDecl *Param, 6142 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6143 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6144 6145 6146 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6147 void Clear(); 6148 6149 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6150 6151 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6152 /// recursive template instantiations. 6153 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6154 6155 private: 6156 Sema &SemaRef; 6157 bool Invalid; 6158 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6159 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6160 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6161 6162 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6163 6164 InstantiatingTemplate& 6165 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6166 }; 6167 6168 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6169 6170 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6171 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6172 /// errors. 6173 /// 6174 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6175 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6176 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6177 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6178 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6179 6180 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6181 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6182 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6183 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6184 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6185 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6186 } 6187 6188 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6189 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6190 /// deduction.` 6191 class SFINAETrap { 6192 Sema &SemaRef; 6193 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6194 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6195 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6196 6197 public: 6198 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6199 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6200 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6201 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6202 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6203 { 6204 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6205 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6206 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6207 } 6208 6209 ~SFINAETrap() { 6210 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6211 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6212 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6213 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6214 } 6215 6216 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6217 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6218 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6219 } 6220 }; 6221 6222 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6223 /// variables. 6224 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6225 6226 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6227 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6228 6229 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6230 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6231 6232 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6233 /// name lookup. 6234 /// 6235 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6236 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6237 /// string represents a keyword. 6238 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6239 6240 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6241 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6242 6243 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6244 /// 6245 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6246 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6247 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6248 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6249 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6250 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6251 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6252 6253 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6254 /// but have not yet been performed. 6255 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6256 6257 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6258 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6259 /// 6260 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6261 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6262 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6263 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6264 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6265 6266 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6267 6268 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6269 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6270 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6271 6272 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6273 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6274 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6275 6276 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6277 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6278 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6279 6280 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6281 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6282 SourceLocation Loc, 6283 DeclarationName Entity, 6284 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6285 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6286 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6287 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6288 int indexAdjustment, 6289 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6290 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6291 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6292 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6293 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6294 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6295 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6296 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6297 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6298 6299 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6300 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6301 /// 6302 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6303 /// 6304 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6305 /// 6306 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6307 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6308 /// 6309 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6310 /// 6311 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6312 /// 6313 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6314 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6315 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6316 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6317 6318 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6319 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6320 6321 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6322 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6323 6324 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6325 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6326 bool CXXDirectInit); 6327 6328 bool 6329 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6330 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6331 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6332 6333 bool 6334 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6335 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6336 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6337 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6338 bool Complain = true); 6339 6340 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6341 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6342 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6343 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6344 6345 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6346 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6347 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6348 Decl *NewDecl; 6349 6350 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6351 Decl *D) 6352 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6353 { } 6354 }; 6355 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6356 6357 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6358 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6359 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6360 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6361 6362 bool 6363 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6364 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6365 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6366 bool Complain = true); 6367 6368 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6369 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6370 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6371 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6372 6373 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6374 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6375 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6376 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6377 6378 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6379 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6380 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6381 6382 DeclarationNameInfo 6383 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6384 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6385 TemplateName 6386 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6387 SourceLocation Loc, 6388 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6389 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6390 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6391 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6392 6393 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6394 FunctionDecl *Function); 6395 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6396 FunctionDecl *Function, 6397 bool Recursive = false, 6398 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6399 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 6400 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 6401 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 6402 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 6403 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 6404 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 6405 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6406 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0); 6407 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 6408 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 6409 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6410 void 6411 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 6412 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6413 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6414 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0, 6415 bool ForVarTemplate = false); 6416 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 6417 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 6418 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6419 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6420 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 6421 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6422 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6423 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6424 VarDecl *Var, 6425 bool Recursive = false, 6426 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6427 6428 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6429 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6430 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6431 6432 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6433 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6434 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6435 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6436 6437 // Objective-C declarations. 6438 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6439 OCK_None = -1, 6440 OCK_Interface = 0, 6441 OCK_Protocol, 6442 OCK_Category, 6443 OCK_ClassExtension, 6444 OCK_Implementation, 6445 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6446 }; 6447 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6448 6449 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6450 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6451 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6452 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6453 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6454 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6455 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6456 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6457 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6458 AttributeList *AttrList); 6459 6460 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6461 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6462 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6463 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6464 6465 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6466 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6467 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6468 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6469 6470 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6471 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6472 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6473 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6474 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6475 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6476 AttributeList *AttrList); 6477 6478 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6479 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6480 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6481 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6482 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6483 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6484 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6485 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6486 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6487 6488 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6489 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6490 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6491 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6492 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6493 6494 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6495 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6496 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6497 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6498 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6499 6500 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6501 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6502 6503 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6504 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6505 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6506 unsigned NumElts); 6507 6508 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6509 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6510 unsigned NumElts, 6511 AttributeList *attrList); 6512 6513 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6514 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6515 unsigned NumProtocols, 6516 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6517 6518 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6519 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6520 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6521 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6522 SourceLocation Loc, 6523 unsigned &Attributes, 6524 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6525 6526 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6527 /// setters and getters as needed. 6528 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6529 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6530 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6531 /// in class extension. 6532 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6533 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6534 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6535 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6536 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6537 6538 6539 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6540 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6541 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6542 6543 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6544 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6545 6546 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6547 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6548 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6549 6550 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6551 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6552 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6553 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6554 bool *OverridingProperty, 6555 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6556 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6557 6558 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6559 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6560 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6561 bool ImplKind, 6562 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6563 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6564 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6565 6566 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6567 OSMK_None, 6568 OSMK_Alloc, 6569 OSMK_New, 6570 OSMK_Copy, 6571 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6572 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6573 }; 6574 6575 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6576 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6577 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6578 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6579 // in this case. 6580 ParsedType Type; 6581 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6582 6583 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6584 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6585 }; 6586 6587 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6588 Scope *S, 6589 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6590 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6591 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6592 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6593 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6594 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6595 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6596 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6597 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6598 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6599 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6600 6601 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6602 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6603 bool IsInstance); 6604 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6605 bool IsInstance); 6606 6607 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6608 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6609 6610 ExprResult 6611 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6612 Expr *BaseExpr, 6613 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6614 DeclarationName MemberName, 6615 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6616 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6617 bool Super); 6618 6619 ExprResult 6620 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6621 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6622 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6623 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6624 6625 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6626 6627 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6628 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6629 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6630 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6631 ObjCSuperMessage, 6632 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6633 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6634 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6635 /// name. 6636 ObjCClassMessage 6637 }; 6638 6639 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6640 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6641 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6642 bool IsSuper, 6643 bool HasTrailingDot, 6644 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6645 6646 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6647 Selector Sel, 6648 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6649 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6650 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6651 MultiExprArg Args); 6652 6653 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6654 QualType ReceiverType, 6655 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6656 Selector Sel, 6657 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6658 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6659 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6660 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6661 MultiExprArg Args, 6662 bool isImplicit = false); 6663 6664 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6665 bool isSuperReceiver, 6666 SourceLocation Loc, 6667 Selector Sel, 6668 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6669 MultiExprArg Args); 6670 6671 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6672 ParsedType Receiver, 6673 Selector Sel, 6674 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6675 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6676 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6677 MultiExprArg Args); 6678 6679 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6680 QualType ReceiverType, 6681 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6682 Selector Sel, 6683 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6684 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6685 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6686 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6687 MultiExprArg Args, 6688 bool isImplicit = false); 6689 6690 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6691 QualType ReceiverType, 6692 SourceLocation Loc, 6693 Selector Sel, 6694 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6695 MultiExprArg Args); 6696 6697 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6698 Expr *Receiver, 6699 Selector Sel, 6700 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6701 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6702 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6703 MultiExprArg Args); 6704 6705 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6706 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6707 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6708 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6709 Expr *SubExpr); 6710 6711 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6712 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6713 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6714 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6715 ParsedType Type, 6716 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6717 Expr *SubExpr); 6718 6719 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6720 6721 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6722 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6723 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6724 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6725 6726 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6727 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6728 RTC_Compatible, 6729 RTC_Incompatible, 6730 RTC_Unknown 6731 }; 6732 6733 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6734 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6735 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6736 6737 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6738 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6739 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6740 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6741 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6742 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6743 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6744 }; 6745 6746 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6747 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6748 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6749 6750 enum PragmaPackKind { 6751 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6752 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6753 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6754 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6755 }; 6756 6757 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6758 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6759 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6760 }; 6761 6762 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6763 PCK_Unknown, 6764 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6765 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6766 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6767 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6768 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6769 }; 6770 6771 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6772 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6773 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6774 Expr *Alignment, 6775 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6776 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6777 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6778 6779 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6780 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6781 6782 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6783 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6784 6785 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6786 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6787 6788 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6789 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6790 Scope *curScope, 6791 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6792 6793 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6794 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6795 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6796 6797 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6798 SourceLocation Loc); 6799 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6800 6801 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6802 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6803 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6804 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6805 6806 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6807 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6808 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6809 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6810 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6811 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6812 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6813 6814 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6815 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6816 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6817 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6818 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6819 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6820 6821 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6822 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6823 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6824 6825 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6826 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6827 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6828 6829 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6830 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6831 6832 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6833 void FreePackedContext(); 6834 6835 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6836 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6837 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6838 SourceLocation Loc); 6839 6840 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6841 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6842 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6843 6844 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6845 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6846 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6847 6848 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6849 void FreeVisContext(); 6850 6851 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6852 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6853 /// the appropriate attribute. 6854 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6855 6856 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6857 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6858 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6859 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6860 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6861 6862 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6863 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6864 /// threadprivate'. 6865 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6866 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6867 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6868 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6869 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6870 SourceLocation Loc, 6871 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6872 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6873 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6874 SourceLocation Loc, 6875 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6876 6877 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 6878 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6879 Stmt *AStmt, 6880 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6881 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6882 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 6883 /// of the associated statement. 6884 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6885 Stmt *AStmt, 6886 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6887 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6888 6889 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6890 unsigned Argument, 6891 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 6892 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6893 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6894 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6895 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 6896 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 6897 SourceLocation KindLoc, 6898 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6899 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6900 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6901 6902 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6903 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 6904 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6905 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6906 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6907 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 6908 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 6909 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6910 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6911 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6912 6913 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6914 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6915 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6916 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6917 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6918 CCK_CStyleCast, 6919 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6920 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6921 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6922 CCK_OtherCast 6923 }; 6924 6925 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6926 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6927 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6928 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6929 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6930 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6931 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6932 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6933 6934 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6935 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6936 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6937 6938 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6939 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6940 /// required. 6941 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6942 6943 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6944 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6945 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6946 6947 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6948 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6949 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6950 6951 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6952 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6953 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6954 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6955 6956 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6957 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6958 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6959 // type. 6960 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6961 6962 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6963 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6964 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6965 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6966 6967 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6968 enum VariadicCallType { 6969 VariadicFunction, 6970 VariadicBlock, 6971 VariadicMethod, 6972 VariadicConstructor, 6973 VariadicDoesNotApply 6974 }; 6975 6976 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6977 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6978 Expr *Fn); 6979 6980 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6981 // vararg function. 6982 enum VarArgKind { 6983 VAK_Valid, 6984 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6985 VAK_Undefined, 6986 VAK_Invalid 6987 }; 6988 6989 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6990 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6991 6992 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6993 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 6994 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6995 6996 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6997 /// form of call prototypes. 6998 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6999 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7000 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7001 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 7002 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 7003 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 7004 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 7005 bool AllowExplicit = false, 7006 bool IsListInitialization = false); 7007 7008 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 7009 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 7010 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 7011 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 7012 7013 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 7014 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 7015 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 7016 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 7017 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 7018 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7019 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7020 7021 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 7022 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 7023 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 7024 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 7025 /// source and destination type. 7026 enum AssignConvertType { 7027 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 7028 Compatible, 7029 7030 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 7031 /// accept as an extension. 7032 PointerToInt, 7033 7034 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 7035 /// accept as an extension. 7036 IntToPointer, 7037 7038 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 7039 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 7040 FunctionVoidPointer, 7041 7042 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 7043 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 7044 IncompatiblePointer, 7045 7046 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 7047 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 7048 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 7049 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 7050 IncompatiblePointerSign, 7051 7052 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 7053 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 7054 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7055 7056 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 7057 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 7058 /// like address spaces. 7059 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7060 7061 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 7062 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 7063 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 7064 /// extension. 7065 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 7066 7067 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 7068 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 7069 IncompatibleVectors, 7070 7071 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 7072 /// pointer. We disallow this. 7073 IntToBlockPointer, 7074 7075 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 7076 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 7077 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 7078 7079 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 7080 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 7081 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 7082 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 7083 7084 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 7085 /// object with __weak qualifier. 7086 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 7087 7088 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 7089 /// represent it in the AST. 7090 Incompatible 7091 }; 7092 7093 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7094 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7095 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7096 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7097 SourceLocation Loc, 7098 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7099 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7100 bool *Complained = 0); 7101 7102 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7103 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7104 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7105 Expr *SrcExpr); 7106 7107 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7108 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7109 /// C99 6.5.16. 7110 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7111 QualType LHSType, 7112 QualType RHSType); 7113 7114 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7115 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7116 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7117 ExprResult &RHS, 7118 CastKind &Kind); 7119 7120 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7121 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7122 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7123 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7124 ExprResult &RHS, 7125 bool Diagnose = true, 7126 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7127 7128 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7129 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7130 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7131 ExprResult &RHS); 7132 7133 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7134 7135 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7136 7137 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7138 AssignmentAction Action, 7139 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7140 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7141 AssignmentAction Action, 7142 bool AllowExplicit, 7143 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7144 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7145 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7146 AssignmentAction Action, 7147 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7148 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7149 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7150 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7151 AssignmentAction Action, 7152 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7153 7154 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7155 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7156 7157 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7158 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7159 ExprResult &RHS); 7160 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7161 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7162 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7163 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7164 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7165 bool IsDivide); 7166 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7167 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7168 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7169 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7170 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7171 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7172 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7173 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7174 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7175 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7176 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7177 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7178 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7179 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7180 bool isRelational); 7181 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7182 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7183 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7184 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7185 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7186 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7187 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7188 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7189 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7190 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7191 7192 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7193 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7194 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7195 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7196 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7197 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7198 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7199 7200 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7201 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7202 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7203 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7204 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7205 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7206 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7207 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7208 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7209 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7210 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7211 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7212 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7213 NonStandardCompositeType); 7214 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7215 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7216 return Composite; 7217 } 7218 7219 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7220 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7221 7222 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7223 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7224 7225 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7226 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7227 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7228 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7229 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7230 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7231 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7232 SourceLocation Loc); 7233 7234 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7235 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7236 7237 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7238 7239 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7240 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7241 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7242 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7243 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7244 /// reference binding is not possible. 7245 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7246 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7247 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7248 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7249 Ref_Related, 7250 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7251 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7252 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7253 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7254 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7255 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7256 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7257 Ref_Compatible 7258 }; 7259 7260 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7261 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7262 bool &DerivedToBase, 7263 bool &ObjCConversion, 7264 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7265 7266 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7267 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7268 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7269 7270 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7271 /// given type. 7272 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7273 7274 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7275 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7276 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7277 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7278 7279 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7280 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7281 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7282 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7283 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7284 CastKind &Kind); 7285 7286 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7287 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7288 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7289 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7290 // returns the cast expr 7291 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7292 CastKind &Kind); 7293 7294 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7295 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7296 Expr *CastExpr, 7297 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7298 7299 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7300 7301 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7302 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7303 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7304 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7305 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 7306 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7307 7308 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7309 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7310 7311 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7312 QualType ExprType); 7313 7314 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7315 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7316 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7317 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7318 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7319 7320 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7321 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7322 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7323 7324 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7325 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7326 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7327 7328 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7329 /// \param Method - May be null. 7330 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7331 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7332 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7333 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7334 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7335 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7336 bool isSuperMessage, 7337 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7338 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7339 7340 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7341 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7342 /// and the form of the message send. 7343 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7344 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7345 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7346 7347 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7348 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7349 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7350 7351 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7352 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7353 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7354 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7355 7356 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7357 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7358 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7359 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7360 /// 7361 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7362 /// 'if' keyword. 7363 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7364 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7365 7366 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7367 Expr *SubExpr); 7368 7369 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7370 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7371 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7372 7373 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7374 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7375 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7376 7377 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7378 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7379 7380 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7381 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7382 /// the specified diagnostic. 7383 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7384 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7385 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7386 7387 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7388 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7389 /// in the global scope. 7390 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7391 7392 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7393 /// expression violations. 7394 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7395 public: 7396 bool Suppress; 7397 7398 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7399 7400 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7401 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7402 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7403 }; 7404 7405 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7406 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7407 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7408 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7409 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7410 bool AllowFold = true); 7411 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7412 unsigned DiagID, 7413 bool AllowFold = true); 7414 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7415 7416 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7417 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7418 /// Returns false on success. 7419 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7420 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7421 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7422 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7423 7424 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7425 CFT_Device, 7426 CFT_Global, 7427 CFT_Host, 7428 CFT_HostDevice 7429 }; 7430 7431 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7432 7433 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7434 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7435 7436 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7437 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7438 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7439 } 7440 7441 /// \name Code completion 7442 //@{ 7443 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7444 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7445 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7446 PCC_Namespace, 7447 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7448 PCC_Class, 7449 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7450 /// or category. 7451 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7452 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7453 /// category implementation 7454 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7455 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7456 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7457 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7458 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7459 /// headers. 7460 PCC_Template, 7461 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7462 /// headers within a class. 7463 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7464 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7465 PCC_Expression, 7466 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7467 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7468 PCC_Statement, 7469 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7470 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7471 PCC_ForInit, 7472 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7473 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7474 PCC_Condition, 7475 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7476 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7477 /// in the grammar. 7478 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7479 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7480 PCC_Type, 7481 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7482 /// might also be a type cast. 7483 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7484 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7485 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7486 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7487 }; 7488 7489 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7490 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7491 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7492 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7493 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7494 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7495 7496 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7497 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7498 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7499 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7500 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7501 bool IsArrow); 7502 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7503 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7504 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7505 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7506 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7507 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7508 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7509 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7510 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7511 7512 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7513 bool EnteringContext); 7514 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7515 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7516 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7517 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7518 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7519 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7520 Decl *Constructor, 7521 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7522 7523 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7524 bool AfterAmpersand); 7525 7526 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7527 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7528 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7529 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7530 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7531 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7532 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7533 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7534 bool IsParameter); 7535 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7536 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7537 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7538 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7539 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7540 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7541 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7542 bool IsSuper = false); 7543 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7544 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7545 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7547 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7548 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7549 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7550 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7551 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7552 unsigned NumProtocols); 7553 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7554 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7555 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7556 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7557 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7558 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7559 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7560 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7561 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7562 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7563 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7564 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7565 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7566 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7567 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7568 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7569 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7570 ParsedType ReturnType); 7571 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7572 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7573 bool AtParameterName, 7574 ParsedType ReturnType, 7575 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7576 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7577 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7578 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7579 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7580 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7581 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7582 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7583 unsigned Argument); 7584 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7585 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7586 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7587 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7588 //@} 7589 7590 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7591 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7592 7593 public: 7594 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7595 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7596 7597 private: 7598 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7599 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7600 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7601 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7602 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7603 // FunctionDeclaration. 7604 struct FormatStringInfo { 7605 unsigned FormatIdx; 7606 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7607 bool HasVAListArg; 7608 }; 7609 7610 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7611 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7612 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7613 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7614 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7615 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7616 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7617 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7618 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7619 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7620 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7621 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7622 SourceLocation Loc); 7623 7624 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7625 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7626 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7627 VariadicCallType CallType); 7628 7629 7630 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7631 7632 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7633 7634 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7635 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7636 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7637 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7638 7639 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7640 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7641 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7642 7643 public: 7644 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7645 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7646 7647 private: 7648 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7649 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7650 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7651 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7652 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7653 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7654 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7655 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7656 7657 public: 7658 enum FormatStringType { 7659 FST_Scanf, 7660 FST_Printf, 7661 FST_NSString, 7662 FST_Strftime, 7663 FST_Strfmon, 7664 FST_Kprintf, 7665 FST_Unknown 7666 }; 7667 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7668 7669 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7670 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7671 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7672 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7673 VariadicCallType CallType, 7674 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7675 7676 private: 7677 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7678 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7679 bool IsCXXMember, 7680 VariadicCallType CallType, 7681 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7682 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7683 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7684 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7685 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7686 VariadicCallType CallType, 7687 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 7688 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7689 7690 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7691 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7692 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7693 7694 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7695 unsigned BId, 7696 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7697 7698 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7699 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7700 7701 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7702 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7703 7704 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7705 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7706 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7707 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7708 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7709 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7710 7711 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7712 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7713 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7714 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7715 7716 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7717 Expr *Init); 7718 7719 public: 7720 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7721 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7722 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7723 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7724 7725 struct TypeTagData { 7726 TypeTagData() {} 7727 7728 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7729 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7730 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7731 {} 7732 7733 QualType Type; 7734 7735 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7736 /// layout-compatibility. 7737 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7738 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7739 }; 7740 7741 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7742 /// identifies the magic value. 7743 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7744 7745 private: 7746 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7747 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7748 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7749 7750 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7751 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7752 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7753 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7754 7755 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7756 /// 7757 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7758 Scope *CurScope; 7759 7760 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7761 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7762 7763 protected: 7764 friend class Parser; 7765 friend class InitializationSequence; 7766 friend class ASTReader; 7767 friend class ASTWriter; 7768 7769 public: 7770 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7771 /// 7772 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7773 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7774 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7775 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7776 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7777 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7778 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7779 7780 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7781 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7782 7783 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7784 7785 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7786 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7787 } 7788 7789 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7790 7791 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7792 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7793 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7794 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7795 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7796 return DC; 7797 } 7798 }; 7799 7800 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7801 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7802 Sema &Actions; 7803 7804 public: 7805 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7806 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7807 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7808 bool IsDecltype = false) 7809 : Actions(Actions) { 7810 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7811 IsDecltype); 7812 } 7813 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7814 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7815 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7816 bool IsDecltype = false) 7817 : Actions(Actions) { 7818 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7819 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7820 IsDecltype); 7821 } 7822 7823 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7824 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7825 } 7826 }; 7827 7828 DeductionFailureInfo 7829 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 7830 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 7831 7832 } // end namespace clang 7833 7834 #endif 7835